mac80211.h 250.2 KB
Newer Older
1
/*
2 3
 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
 *
4 5
 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
 * Copyright 2006-2007	Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
6
 * Copyright 2007-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7
 * Copyright 2013-2014  Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
8
 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
9
 * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2019 Intel Corporation
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */

#ifndef MAC80211_H
#define MAC80211_H

19
#include <linux/bug.h>
20 21 22 23 24
#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
#include <net/cfg80211.h>
25
#include <net/codel.h>
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
26
#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
27
#include <asm/unaligned.h>
28

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
/**
 * DOC: Introduction
 *
 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
 * drivers.
 */

/**
 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
 *
 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
42 43 44
 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
45 46 47 48
 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
 * tasklet function.
 *
 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
49
 *	 use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
50 51
 */

52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73
/**
 * DOC: Warning
 *
 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
 */

/**
 * DOC: Frame format
 *
 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
 * hardware.
 *
 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
 *
 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
 *
 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
74 75
 */

76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
/**
 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
 *
 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
 *
 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
 * suspend.
 *
 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
 *
 */

91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
/**
 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
 *
 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
 * between different stations/interfaces.
 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
 *
 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
 * driver operation.
 *
104 105 106
 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
107 108 109 110
 *
 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
 *
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119
 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
 *
 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
 * ieee80211_return_txq().
120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130
 *
 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
 * .release_buffered_frames().
 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
 */

131 132
struct device;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
133 134 135 136
/**
 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
 *
 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
137
 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
138 139
 */
enum ieee80211_max_queues {
140
	IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES =		16,
141
	IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP =	BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
142 143
};

144 145
#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE	0xff

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
/**
 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
 */
enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
	IEEE80211_AC_VO		= 0,
	IEEE80211_AC_VI		= 1,
	IEEE80211_AC_BE		= 2,
	IEEE80211_AC_BK		= 3,
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
160 161 162 163
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
 *
 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
164
 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
165
 *
166
 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
167 168
 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
 *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
169
 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
170
 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
171
 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
172
 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
173 174
 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
175
 */
176
struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
177
	u16 txop;
178 179
	u16 cw_min;
	u16 cw_max;
180
	u8 aifs;
181
	bool acm;
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
182
	bool uapsd;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
183 184
	bool mu_edca;
	struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193
};

struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
	unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
	unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
	unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
	unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
};

194 195
/**
 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
196
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
197
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
198
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
199 200
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
 *	this is used only with channel switching with CSA
201
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
202 203
 */
enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
204
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH		= BIT(0),
205
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS	= BIT(1),
206
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR		= BIT(2),
207
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL	= BIT(3),
208
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH	= BIT(4),
209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216
};

/**
 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
 *
 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
 *
217
 * @def: the channel definition
218
 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
219 220 221 222
 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
 *	active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
 *	after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
223
 *	this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
224
 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
225 226 227 228
 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
 *	sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
 */
struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
229
	struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
230
	struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
231

232 233
	u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;

234 235
	bool radar_enabled;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
236
	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
237 238
};

239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275
/**
 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
 *	exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
 *	needs to be switched from one to the other.
 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
 *      to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
 *      will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
 *      from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
 *      implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
 *      hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
 *      will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
 *      for changes/removal.)
 */
enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
	CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
	CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
};

/**
 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
 *
 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another.  The
 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
 * done.
 *
 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
 */
struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
	struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
};

276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285
/**
 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
 *
 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
 *
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
 *	also implies a change in the AID.
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
286
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
T
Tomas Winkler 已提交
287
 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
288
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
289
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
290 291 292 293 294 295
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
 *	reason (IBSS and managed mode)
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
 *	new beacon (beaconing modes)
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
 *	enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
296
 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
297
 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
298
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
299 300
 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
 *	that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
301
 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
302
 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
303
 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
E
Eliad Peller 已提交
304
 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
305
 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
306
 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
307
 *	changed
308 309
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
 *	currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
310 311 312
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
 *	note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
 *	context had been assigned.
313
 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
314
 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
315 316
 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
 *	keep alive) changed.
317
 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
318 319
 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fime timing reasurement request responder
 *	functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
320
 *
321 322 323 324 325
 */
enum ieee80211_bss_change {
	BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC		= 1<<0,
	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT	= 1<<1,
	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE	= 1<<2,
326
	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT		= 1<<3,
A
Alexander Simon 已提交
327
	BSS_CHANGED_HT			= 1<<4,
328
	BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES		= 1<<5,
329
	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT		= 1<<6,
330 331 332
	BSS_CHANGED_BSSID		= 1<<7,
	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON		= 1<<8,
	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED	= 1<<9,
333
	BSS_CHANGED_CQM			= 1<<10,
334
	BSS_CHANGED_IBSS		= 1<<11,
335
	BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER		= 1<<12,
336
	BSS_CHANGED_QOS			= 1<<13,
337
	BSS_CHANGED_IDLE		= 1<<14,
338
	BSS_CHANGED_SSID		= 1<<15,
339
	BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP	= 1<<16,
E
Eliad Peller 已提交
340
	BSS_CHANGED_PS			= 1<<17,
341
	BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER		= 1<<18,
342
	BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS		= 1<<19,
343
	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO		= 1<<20,
344
	BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH		= 1<<21,
345
	BSS_CHANGED_OCB                 = 1<<22,
346
	BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS		= 1<<23,
347
	BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE		= 1<<24,
348
	BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE		= 1<<25,
349
	BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER	= 1<<26,
350 351

	/* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
352 353
};

354 355 356 357 358 359 360
/*
 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
 * filtering will be disabled.
 */
#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4

361
/**
362 363
 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
364
 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
365
 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
366 367 368
 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
 *	they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
 *	once each time the timeout triggers.
369
 */
370 371
enum ieee80211_event_type {
	RSSI_EVENT,
372
	MLME_EVENT,
373
	BAR_RX_EVENT,
374
	BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382
};

/**
 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
 */
enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
383 384 385 386
	RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
	RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
};

387
/**
388
 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
389 390 391 392 393 394
 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
 */
struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
	enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
};

395 396 397
/**
 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
398
 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
399 400
 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
401 402 403
 */
enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
	AUTH_EVENT,
404
	ASSOC_EVENT,
405 406
	DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
	DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421
};

/**
 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
 */
enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
	MLME_SUCCESS,
	MLME_DENIED,
	MLME_TIMEOUT,
};

/**
422
 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432
 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
 */
struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
	enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
	enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
	u16 reason;
};

433 434 435 436
/**
 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
 * @tid: the tid
437
 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
438 439 440 441 442 443 444
 */
struct ieee80211_ba_event {
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	u16 tid;
	u16 ssn;
};

445 446
/**
 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
447
 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
448
 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
449
 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
450
 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
451
 * @u:union holding the fields above
452 453 454 455 456
 */
struct ieee80211_event {
	enum ieee80211_event_type type;
	union {
		struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
457
		struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
458
		struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
459 460 461
	} u;
};

462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474
/**
 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
 *
 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
 *
 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
 */
struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
	u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
	u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
};

475
/**
476
 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489
 *
 * @lci: LCI subelement content
 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
 * @lci_len: LCI data length
 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
 */
struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
	const u8 *lci;
	const u8 *civicloc;
	size_t lci_len;
	size_t civicloc_len;
};

490 491 492 493 494 495
/**
 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
 *
 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
 *
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504
 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
 *	ACK, BACK or both
 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
505 506
 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
 *	mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
507
 * @assoc: association status
508 509
 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
 *	or not
510
 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
511 512
 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
513 514
 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
515
 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
516
 *	valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
517
 *	with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
518
 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
519 520 521 522
 *	as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
 *	HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
 *	only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
 *	association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
523
 *	%BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
524 525
 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
 *	the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
526
 *	(see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
527 528
 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
 *	is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
529 530 531
 *	IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
 *	by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
 *	guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
532
 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
533
 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
534 535 536
 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
 *	index into the rate table configured by the driver in
 *	the current band.
537
 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
538
 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
539 540
 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
541 542
 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
 *	configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
543
 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
544
 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
545 546 547
 *	This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
 *	Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
 *	be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
548
 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
549 550 551
 *	implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
 *	cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
 *	relation to the newly configured threshold.
552 553 554 555
 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
 *	implies disabled.  This is an alternative mechanism to the single
 *	threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
556
 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
557 558 559 560
 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
 *	may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
 *	The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
 *	to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
561 562 563
 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
 *	may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
 *	array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
564
 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
565 566 567
 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
 *	hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
 *	your driver/device needs to do.
E
Eliad Peller 已提交
568 569
 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
 *	offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
570
 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
571 572
 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
573
 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
574 575 576 577 578 579
 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
 *	Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
 *	TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
 *	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
 *	userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
 *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
J
Janusz Dziedzic 已提交
580
 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
581 582 583
 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
 *	to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
 *	if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
584 585 586 587 588 589 590
 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
 *	transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
 *	In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
 *	a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
 *	protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
 *	station.
591 592 593
 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
 *	responder functionality.
 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
S
Sara Sharon 已提交
594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601
 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
 *	nontransmitted BSSIDs
 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
 *	in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
602 603
 */
struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
604
	const u8 *bssid;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612
	u8 bss_color;
	u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
	bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
	bool uora_exists;
	bool ack_enabled;
	u8 uora_ocw_range;
	u16 frame_time_rts_th;
	bool he_support;
613
	bool twt_requester;
614
	/* association related data */
615
	bool assoc, ibss_joined;
616
	bool ibss_creator;
617 618 619 620
	u16 aid;
	/* erp related data */
	bool use_cts_prot;
	bool use_short_preamble;
621
	bool use_short_slot;
622
	bool enable_beacon;
623
	u8 dtim_period;
624 625
	u16 beacon_int;
	u16 assoc_capability;
626 627
	u64 sync_tsf;
	u32 sync_device_ts;
628
	u8 sync_dtim_count;
629
	u32 basic_rates;
630
	struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
631
	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
632
	u16 ht_operation_mode;
633 634
	s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
	u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
635 636
	s32 cqm_rssi_low;
	s32 cqm_rssi_high;
637
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
638
	struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
639
	__be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
640
	int arp_addr_cnt;
641
	bool qos;
642
	bool idle;
E
Eliad Peller 已提交
643
	bool ps;
644 645 646
	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
	size_t ssid_len;
	bool hidden_ssid;
647
	int txpower;
648
	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
J
Janusz Dziedzic 已提交
649
	struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
650
	bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
651 652
	u16 max_idle_period;
	bool protected_keep_alive;
653 654
	bool ftm_responder;
	struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
S
Sara Sharon 已提交
655 656 657 658 659 660 661
	/* Multiple BSSID data */
	bool nontransmitted;
	u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
	u8 bssid_index;
	u8 bssid_indicator;
	bool ema_ap;
	u8 profile_periodicity;
662 663
};

664
/**
665
 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
666
 *
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
667
 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
668
 *
669
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
 *	number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
 *	number and increasing the sequence number only when the
 *	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
 *	assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
 *	for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
 *	that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
 *	If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
 *	assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
 *	802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
 *	beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
681 682 683 684 685 686
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
 *	station
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
687
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
688
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696
 *	because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
 *	avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
 *	firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
 *	went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
 *	the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
 *	that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
 *	since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
 *	hardware queue.
697 698 699
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
 * 	is for the whole aggregation.
700 701
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
 * 	so consider using block ack request (BAR).
702 703 704
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
 *	set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
 *	be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
705 706 707
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
 *	that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
 *	off-channel operation.
708 709 710
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
 *	used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
 *	it can be sent out.
711 712
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
 *	used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
713 714
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
 *	used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
715 716 717
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
 *	frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
 *	be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
718 719 720 721
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
 *	transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
 *	by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
 *	queue gets full.
722 723 724
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
 *	after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
 *	be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
725 726 727
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
 *	code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
 *	should kick the MLME state machine.
728 729 730
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
 *	MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
 *	status to user space)
731
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
732 733
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
 *	frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
734 735 736 737
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
 *	the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
 *	in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
 *	handled properly by the device.
738 739 740
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
 *	testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
 *	TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
741 742 743
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
 *	This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
 *	frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
744 745 746
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
 *	when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
 *	an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
747 748
 *	the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
 *	PS-Poll responses.
749 750 751
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
 *	This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
 *	the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
752 753 754
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
 *	would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
 *	monitor injection).
755 756 757 758 759
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
 *	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
 *	any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
 *	This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
 *	behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
760 761 762
 *
 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
 *	 forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
763
 */
764
enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
765
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS		= BIT(0),
766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ		= BIT(1),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK			= BIT(2),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT		= BIT(3),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT		= BIT(4),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM	= BIT(5),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU			= BIT(6),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED		= BIT(7),
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED		= BIT(8),
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK			= BIT(9),
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU			= BIT(10),
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK		= BIT(11),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE	= BIT(12),
778
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK	= BIT(13),
779
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING	= BIT(14),
780
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED		= BIT(15),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
781
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT		= BIT(16),
782
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER		= BIT(17),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
783
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES		= BIT(18),
784
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION	= BIT(19),
785
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX		= BIT(20),
786
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX	= BIT(21),
787
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC			= BIT(22),
788
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC			= BIT(23) | BIT(24),
789
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN		= BIT(25),
790
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE	= BIT(26),
791
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE		= BIT(27),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
792
	IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP		= BIT(28),
793
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE		= BIT(29),
794
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG		= BIT(30),
795
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED	= BIT(31),
796 797
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
798 799
#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT		23

800 801 802 803 804
/**
 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
 *
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
 *	protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
805 806
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
 *	frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
807
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
808
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
809
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
810
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
811 812 813 814 815
 *
 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
 */
enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO	= BIT(0),
816
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE		= BIT(1),
817
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT		= BIT(2),
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
818
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU			= BIT(3),
819
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT		= BIT(4),
820
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP	= BIT(5),
821 822
};

823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831
/*
 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
 */
#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK |		      \
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT |    \
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU |	      \
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED |	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK |		      \
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK |	      \
832
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER |    \
833
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC |		      \
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
834
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
835

836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847
/**
 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
 *	Rate Control algorithm.
 *
 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
 *	This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
848 849
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
 *	into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
850 851 852
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
 *	Greenfield mode.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
853 854 855
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
 *	(80+80 isn't supported yet)
856 857 858 859 860
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
 *	adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
 */
861 862 863 864 865
enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS		= BIT(0),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT		= BIT(1),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= BIT(2),

866
	/* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
867 868 869 870 871
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS			= BIT(3),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD		= BIT(4),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(5),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA		= BIT(6),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI		= BIT(7),
872 873 874
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS			= BIT(8),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(9),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(10),
875 876 877 878 879
};


/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
880

881 882
/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
883

884
/* maximum number of rate stages */
885
#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES	4
886

887 888 889
/* maximum number of rate table entries */
#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE	4

890
/**
891
 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
892
 *
893 894
 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
895
 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
896 897 898 899 900 901
 *
 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
 *
 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
902 903 904 905 906
 *
 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
907 908
 * information::
 *
909
 *    { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
910
 *
911 912 913 914
 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
915 916
 * information should then contain::
 *
917
 *   { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
918
 *
919 920
 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
921
 */
922 923
struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
	s8 idx;
924 925
	u16 count:5,
	    flags:11;
926
} __packed;
927

928 929 930 931 932 933
#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY		31

static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
					  u8 mcs, u8 nss)
{
	WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
K
Karl Beldan 已提交
934 935
	WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
	rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946
}

static inline u8
ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
{
	return rate->idx & 0xF;
}

static inline u8
ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
{
K
Karl Beldan 已提交
947
	return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
948 949
}

950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
 *
 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
 *  (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
 *  (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
 *  (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
 *
 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
959
 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
960
 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
961
 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987
 * @control: union part for control data
 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
 * @pad: padding
 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
 * @status: union part for status data
 * @status.rates: attempted rates
 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission
 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
988
 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
989
 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
D
Daniel Halperin 已提交
990
 * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
991
 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
D
Daniel Halperin 已提交
992
 * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
993
 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
994
 */
995 996 997 998
struct ieee80211_tx_info {
	/* common information */
	u32 flags;
	u8 band;
999

1000
	u8 hw_queue;
1001

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1002
	u16 ack_frame_id;
1003 1004 1005

	union {
		struct {
1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011
			union {
				/* rate control */
				struct {
					struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
						IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
					s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
1012 1013
					u8 use_rts:1;
					u8 use_cts_prot:1;
1014 1015
					u8 short_preamble:1;
					u8 skip_table:1;
1016
					/* 2 bytes free */
1017 1018 1019 1020
				};
				/* only needed before rate control */
				unsigned long jiffies;
			};
1021
			/* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
1022
			struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
1023
			struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
1024
			u32 flags;
1025
			codel_time_t enqueue_time;
1026
		} control;
1027 1028 1029
		struct {
			u64 cookie;
		} ack;
1030
		struct {
1031
			struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1032
			s32 ack_signal;
1033
			u8 ampdu_ack_len;
1034
			u8 ampdu_len;
1035
			u8 antenna;
1036
			u16 tx_time;
1037
			bool is_valid_ack_signal;
1038
			void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
1039
		} status;
1040 1041 1042
		struct {
			struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
				IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1043 1044
			u8 pad[4];

1045 1046 1047 1048 1049
			void *rate_driver_data[
				IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
		};
		void *driver_data[
			IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1050
	};
1051 1052
};

1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
 *
 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
 * @info: Basic tx status information
 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
 */
struct ieee80211_tx_status {
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
	struct sk_buff *skb;
};

1066 1067 1068
/**
 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
 *
D
David Spinadel 已提交
1069 1070 1071
 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078
 *
 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
 */
struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
1079 1080
	const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
	size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1081 1082 1083 1084 1085
	const u8 *common_ies;
	size_t common_ie_len;
};


1086 1087 1088 1089
static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
}
1090

1091 1092 1093 1094 1095
static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
}

1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
 *
 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
 *
 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
 *
 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
 *	 info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
 *	 instead if you need only the less space that allows.
 */
static inline void
ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
{
	int i;

	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
	/* clear the rate counts */
	for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
		info->status.rates[i].count = 0;

	BUILD_BUG_ON(
1125
	    offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
1126 1127 1128 1129 1130
	memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
	       sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
	       offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
}

1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140

/**
 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
 *
 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
 *	Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
 *	verification has been done by the hardware.
1141
 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
1142 1143
 *	If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
 *	hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
1144 1145 1146 1147
 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
 *	flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
 *	Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
 *	is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
1148 1149
 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
 *	de-duplication by itself.
1150 1151 1152 1153
 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
 *	the frame.
 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
 *	the frame.
1154
 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1155 1156 1157
 *	field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
 *	was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
 *	merging.
1158 1159 1160
 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
 *	field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
 *	(including FCS) was received.
1161 1162
 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
 *	field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
1163 1164
 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
 *	Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
 *	number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
 *	each A-MPDU
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
 *	subframes of a single A-MPDU
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
 *	on this subframe
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
 *	is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
1175 1176
 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
 *	done by the hardware
1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184
 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
 *	processing it in any regular way.
 *	This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
 *	them for sniffing purposes.
 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
 *	monitor interfaces.
 *	This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
 *	them for sniffing purposes.
1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193
 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
 *	subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
 *	All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
 *	if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
 *	the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
 *	deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
 *	subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
 *	either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
 *	interleaved with other frames.
1194 1195 1196
 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
 *	radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
 *	the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
1197 1198 1199
 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
 *	This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
 *	the first subframe.
1200 1201
 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
 *	be done in the hardware.
1202 1203 1204
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
 *	frame
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1205 1206
 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
 *	(&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
1207
 *	
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214
 *	 - DATA3_DATA_MCS
 *	 - DATA3_DATA_DCM
 *	 - DATA3_CODING
 *	 - DATA5_GI
 *	 - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
 *	 - DATA6_NSTS
 *	 - DATA3_STBC
1215
 *	
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1216 1217 1218
 *	from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
 *	(&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
1219
 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
1220 1221 1222 1223
 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
 *	the "0-length PSDU" field included there.  The value for it is
 *	in &struct ieee80211_rx_status.  Note that if this value isn't
 *	known the frame shouldn't be reported.
1224 1225
 */
enum mac80211_rx_flags {
1226 1227
	RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR		= BIT(0),
	RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED		= BIT(1),
1228
	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START	= BIT(2),
1229 1230 1231 1232
	RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED		= BIT(3),
	RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED		= BIT(4),
	RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC		= BIT(5),
	RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC 	= BIT(6),
1233
	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START		= BIT(7),
1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249
	RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL		= BIT(8),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS		= BIT(9),
	RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED		= BIT(10),
	RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED		= BIT(11),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN	= BIT(12),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST		= BIT(13),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR	= BIT(14),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN	= BIT(15),
	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END		= BIT(16),
	RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR		= BIT(17),
	RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR		= BIT(18),
	RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE		= BIT(19),
	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA	= BIT(20),
	RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED		= BIT(21),
	RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN		= BIT(22),
	RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED		= BIT(23),
1250 1251
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT		= BIT(24),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN	= BIT(25),
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1252 1253
	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE		= BIT(26),
	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU		= BIT(27),
1254
	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG		= BIT(28),
1255
	RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU			= BIT(29),
1256 1257
};

1258
/**
1259
 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
1260
 *
1261 1262 1263 1264 1265
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
 *	if the driver fills this value it should add
 *	%IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
1266
 *	to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
1267 1268 1269
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
1270
 */
1271 1272
enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
	RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE		= BIT(0),
1273 1274 1275 1276 1277
	RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
	RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF		= BIT(3),
	RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK		= BIT(4) | BIT(5),
	RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC		= BIT(6),
	RX_ENC_FLAG_BF			= BIT(7),
1278 1279
};

1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285
#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT		4

enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
	RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
	RX_ENC_HT,
	RX_ENC_VHT,
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1286
	RX_ENC_HE,
1287
};
1288

1289 1290 1291 1292 1293
/**
 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
 *
 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
1294
 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
1295
 *
1296 1297
 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
 * 	(TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
1298 1299
 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
 *	needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
1300 1301
 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
 *	it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
1302
 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
1303
 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
1304 1305
 *	This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
 *	for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
1306 1307 1308
 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
 *	unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
 *	@IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
1309 1310 1311 1312
 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
 *	values were filled.
 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
 *	support dB or unspecified units)
1313
 * @antenna: antenna used
1314
 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
1315
 *	HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
1316
 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
1317
 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
1318 1319
 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
1320
 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1321 1322 1323
 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1324
 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
1325 1326 1327
 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
 *	each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
1328
 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
1329
 */
1330 1331
struct ieee80211_rx_status {
	u64 mactime;
1332
	u64 boottime_ns;
1333
	u32 device_timestamp;
1334
	u32 ampdu_reference;
1335
	u32 flag;
1336
	u16 freq;
1337
	u8 enc_flags;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1338 1339
	u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
	u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
1340
	u8 rate_idx;
1341
	u8 nss;
1342 1343 1344 1345
	u8 rx_flags;
	u8 band;
	u8 antenna;
	s8 signal;
1346 1347
	u8 chains;
	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1348
	u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
1349
	u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
1350 1351
};

1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384
/**
 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
 *	(this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
 *	 bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
 *	alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
 *	description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
 *	Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
 *	then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
 *	@data field.
 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
 *	the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
 *	length
 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
 *
 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
 * data.
 */
struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
	u32 present;
	u8 align;
	u8 oui[3];
	u8 subns;
	u8 pad;
	u16 len;
	u8 data[];
} __packed;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1385 1386 1387 1388 1389
/**
 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
 *
 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1390 1391 1392
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
 *	to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
 *	or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
 *	This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
 *	meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
 *	transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
 *	Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
 *	driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
 *	for more.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1400 1401 1402 1403 1404
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
 *	the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
 *	may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
 *	be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
 *	it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
1405 1406
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
 *	operating channel.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1407 1408
 */
enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1409
	IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR		= (1<<0),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1410
	IEEE80211_CONF_PS		= (1<<1),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1411
	IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE		= (1<<2),
1412
	IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL	= (1<<3),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1413
};
1414

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1415

1416 1417 1418 1419
/**
 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
 *
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1420
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
1421
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
1422
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
1423
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
1424
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1425
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
1426
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
1427 1428
 *	Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
 *	otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
1429 1430
 */
enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
1431
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS		= BIT(1),
1432
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL	= BIT(2),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1433
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR		= BIT(3),
1434
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS		= BIT(4),
1435 1436 1437
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER		= BIT(5),
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL		= BIT(6),
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS	= BIT(7),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1438
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE		= BIT(8),
1439 1440
};

1441 1442 1443
/**
 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
 *
1444 1445 1446 1447 1448
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459
 */
enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
	IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
	IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
	IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
	IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,

	/* keep last */
	IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
};

1460 1461 1462 1463 1464
/**
 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
 *
 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
 *
1465 1466
 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
 *
1467
 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
1468 1469 1470
 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
 *	in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
 *	has been received and the DTIM period is known.
1471 1472 1473 1474
 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
 *	powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
 *	the CONF_PS flag is set.
 *
1475 1476
 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
 *	value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
1477
 *
1478
 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
1479
 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
1480
 *
1481
 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
1482 1483
 *	(a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
 *	but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
1484
 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
1485 1486
 *	frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
 *	number of transmissions not the number of retries
1487 1488 1489
 *
 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
 *	%IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
1490 1491 1492
 *	configured for an HT channel.
 *	Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
 *	otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
1493 1494
 */
struct ieee80211_conf {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1495
	u32 flags;
1496
	int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
1497

1498
	u16 listen_interval;
1499
	u8 ps_dtim_period;
1500

1501 1502
	u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;

1503
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1504
	bool radar_enabled;
1505
	enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1506 1507
};

1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517
/**
 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
 *
 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
 * operation.
 *
 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
 *	Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
 *	announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
 *	the driver passed into mac80211.
1518 1519
 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
 *	rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
1520 1521
 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
 *	scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
1522
 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
1523
 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
1524 1525 1526
 * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
  *	current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
  *	channel, expressed in TU.
1527 1528 1529
 */
struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
	u64 timestamp;
1530
	u32 device_timestamp;
1531
	bool block_tx;
1532
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1533
	u8 count;
1534
	u32 delay;
1535 1536
};

1537 1538 1539 1540 1541
/**
 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
 *
 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
 *	on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
1542 1543 1544 1545
 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
 *	monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
 *	connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
 *	provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
1546 1547 1548 1549
 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
 *	interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
 *	but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
 *	only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
1550 1551 1552
 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
 *	and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
 *	this is not pure P2P vif.
1553 1554 1555
 */
enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
	IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER		= BIT(0),
1556
	IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI		= BIT(1),
1557
	IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD		= BIT(2),
1558
	IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE		= BIT(3),
1559 1560
};

1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566
/**
 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
 *
 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
 *
1567
 * @type: type of this virtual interface
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1568 1569
 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
 *	or the BSS we're associated to
1570
 * @addr: address of this interface
1571 1572
 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
 *	interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
1573 1574 1575
 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
 *	write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
 *	for read access.
1576
 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
1577 1578 1579 1580
 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
 *	these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
 *	or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
 *	at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
1581 1582
 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
1583 1584 1585 1586 1587
 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
 *	when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
 *	path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
 *	be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
 *	processed after it switches back to %NULL.
1588
 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
1589
 *	interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
1590
 *	monitor interface (if that is requested.)
1591 1592
 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
 *	interface.
1593
 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
1594
 *	sizeof(void \*).
1595
 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
1596 1597
 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
 *	protected by fq->lock.
1598 1599
 */
struct ieee80211_vif {
1600
	enum nl80211_iftype type;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1601
	struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
M
Michael Braun 已提交
1602
	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1603
	bool p2p;
1604
	bool csa_active;
1605
	bool mu_mimo_owner;
1606 1607 1608 1609

	u8 cab_queue;
	u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];

1610 1611
	struct ieee80211_txq *txq;

1612 1613
	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;

1614
	u32 driver_flags;
1615

1616 1617 1618 1619
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
	struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
#endif

1620 1621
	unsigned int probe_req_reg;

1622 1623
	bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];

1624
	/* must be last */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1625
	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1626 1627
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1628 1629 1630
static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
1631
	return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1632 1633 1634 1635
#endif
	return false;
}

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648
/**
 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
 *
 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
 *
 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
 */
struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);

1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661
/**
 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
 *
 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
 *
 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
 */
struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669
/**
 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
 *
 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
 *	driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
1670 1671
 *	particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
 *	will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
1672 1673 1674
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
 *	the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
 *	generation in software.
1675 1676
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
 *	that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
1677
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
1678 1679
 *	CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
 *	(MFP) to be done in software.
1680
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
1681
 *	if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
1682
 *	itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
1683 1684 1685
 *	@IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
 *	not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
 *	MIC.
1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
 *	management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
 *	crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
 *	properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
 *	fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
 *	RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
 *	%IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
1693
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
1694
 *	driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
1695
 *	only for managment frames (MFP).
1696 1697 1698
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
 *	driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
 *	be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
1699 1700 1701
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
 *	a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
 *	@IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
1702
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
1703
 */
1704
enum ieee80211_key_flags {
1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT	= BIT(0),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV		= BIT(1),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC	= BIT(2),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE		= BIT(3),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX		= BIT(4),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE		= BIT(5),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT		= BIT(6),
1712
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM	= BIT(7),
1713
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE	= BIT(8),
1714
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX		= BIT(9),
1715
};
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1716

1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724
/**
 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
 *
 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
 *
 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
 *	wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
1725
 *	encrypted in hardware.
1726
 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
1727 1728
 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
 *	needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
1729 1730 1731
 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
 * @keylen: key material length
1732 1733 1734 1735 1736
 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
 * 	data block:
 * 	- Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
 * 	- Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
 * 	- Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
1737 1738
 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
1739
 */
1740
struct ieee80211_key_conf {
1741
	atomic64_t tx_pn;
1742
	u32 cipher;
1743 1744
	u8 icv_len;
	u8 iv_len;
1745
	u8 hw_key_idx;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1746
	s8 keyidx;
1747
	u16 flags;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1748
	u8 keylen;
1749 1750 1751
	u8 key[0];
};

1752 1753
#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN	16

1754 1755 1756
#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))

1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768
/**
 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
 *
 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 *	reverse order than in packet)
 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 *	reverse order than in packet)
 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 *	reverse order than in packet)
 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 *	reverse order than in packet)
1769
 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788
 */
struct ieee80211_key_seq {
	union {
		struct {
			u32 iv32;
			u16 iv16;
		} tkip;
		struct {
			u8 pn[6];
		} ccmp;
		struct {
			u8 pn[6];
		} aes_cmac;
		struct {
			u8 pn[6];
		} aes_gmac;
		struct {
			u8 pn[6];
		} gcmp;
1789 1790 1791 1792
		struct {
			u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
			u8 seq_len;
		} hw;
1793 1794 1795
	};
};

1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825
/**
 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
 *
 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
 * the secure packet crypto handling.
 *
 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
 *     key_idx value calculation:
 *      (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
 */
struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
	u32 cipher;
	u16 iftype;
	u8 hdr_len;
	u8 pn_len;
	u8 pn_off;
	u8 key_idx_off;
	u8 key_idx_mask;
	u8 key_idx_shift;
	u8 mic_len;
};

1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834
/**
 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
 *
 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
 *
 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
 */
1835
enum set_key_cmd {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1836
	SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
1837
};
1838

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857
/**
 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
 *
 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
 *	this is a special state for add/remove transitions
 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
 */
enum ieee80211_sta_state {
	/* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
	IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
	IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
	IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
	IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
	IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
};

1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875
/**
 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
 *	(including 80+80 MHz)
 *
 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
 *	correctly, the values must be sorted.
 */
enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
};

1876 1877 1878 1879
/**
 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
 *
 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
1880
 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893
 *	Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
 */
struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
	struct {
		s8 idx;
		u8 count;
		u8 count_cts;
		u8 count_rts;
		u16 flags;
	} rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
};

1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911
/**
 * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
 *
 * Used to configure txpower for station.
 *
 * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
 *	to the STA.
 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
 *	will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
 *	%type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
 *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
 *	per peer TPC.
 */
struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
	s16 power;
	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
};

1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919
/**
 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
 *
 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
1920
 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
1921 1922 1923
 *
 * @addr: MAC address
 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1924
 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
1925 1926
 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1927
 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
1928 1929 1930
 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
 *	that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
 *	Can be modified by driver.
1931 1932
 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
 *	otherwise always false)
1933
 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
1934
 *	sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
1935
 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
1936 1937
 *	if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
 *	IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
1938
 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
1939
 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
1940 1941 1942 1943
 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
 *	station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
 *	notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
 *	the station moves to associated state.
1944
 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
1945
 * @rates: rate control selection table
1946
 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
1947 1948
 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
 *	valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
1949
 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
1950 1951 1952
 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
 *	A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
 *	unlimited.
1953
 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
1954
 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
1955
 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
1956 1957
 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
 *	the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
1958 1959
 */
struct ieee80211_sta {
1960
	u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1961 1962
	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
	u16 aid;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1963
	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
M
Mahesh Palivela 已提交
1964
	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1965 1966
	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
	u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
1967
	bool wme;
1968 1969
	u8 uapsd_queues;
	u8 max_sp;
1970
	u8 rx_nss;
1971
	enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
1972
	enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1973
	struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
1974
	bool tdls;
1975
	bool tdls_initiator;
1976
	bool mfp;
1977
	u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993

	/**
	 * @max_amsdu_len:
	 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
	 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
	 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
	 *
	 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
	 *   A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
	 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
	 *   size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
	 *
	 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
	 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
	 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
	 */
1994
	u16 max_amsdu_len;
1995
	bool support_p2p_ps;
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
1996
	u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
1997
	u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
1998
	struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
1999

2000
	struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
2001

2002
	/* must be last */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2003
	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2004 2005
};

2006 2007 2008 2009
/**
 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
 *
 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
2010
 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
2011
 *
2012 2013 2014
 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
 */
2015
enum sta_notify_cmd {
2016 2017 2018
	STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
};

2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
 *
 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
 * 	it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
 */
struct ieee80211_tx_control {
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
};

2029 2030 2031 2032 2033
/**
 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
2034 2035
 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
 *	%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
2036
 * @ac: the AC for this queue
2037
 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051
 *
 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
 */
struct ieee80211_txq {
	struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	u8 tid;
	u8 ac;

	/* must be last */
	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
};

2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060
/**
 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
 *
 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
 *
2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073
 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
 *	The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
 *	controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
 *	should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
 *	will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
 *	algorithm.
 *	Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
 *	callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
 *	the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
 *	@use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
 *	timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
 *	CCK frames.
 *
2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083
 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
 *	Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
 *	the FCS at the end.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
 *	Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
 *	for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
 *	rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
 *	to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
 *	multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
2084
 *	the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
2085
 *
2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
 *	Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
 *	expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
 *	If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
 *	Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
 *	one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
 *	between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
 *
2096 2097 2098
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
 * 	Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
 * 	Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
S
Sujith 已提交
2099 2100 2101
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
 *	Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
2102
 *
2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
 *	Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
 *	Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
 *	stack support for dynamic PS.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
 *	Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
2112 2113 2114
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
 *	Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
2115
 *
2116 2117 2118 2119
 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
 *	Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
 *	the stack.
 *
2120
 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
2121 2122
 *	The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
 *	periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
2123
 *
2124 2125 2126
 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
 *	This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
 *	dtim_period).
2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
 *	per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
 *	the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
 *	to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
 *	possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
 *	only in that case.
2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
 *	autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
 *	this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
 *	stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
 *	Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
 *	the PS mode of connected stations.
2141 2142 2143 2144
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
 *	setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
 *	software.
2145
 *
2146 2147 2148
 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
 *	a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
 *	active interfaces.
2149
 *
2150 2151 2152 2153
 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
 *	be created.  It is expected user-space will create vifs as
 *	desired (and thus have them named as desired).
 *
2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
 *	crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
 *	try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
 *	the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
 *	supported cipher suites.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2160 2161 2162 2163
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
 *	this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
 *	for frames.
 *
2164 2165 2166 2167
 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
 *	queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
 *	for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
 *	control for more details.
2168
 *
2169 2170 2171
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
 *	selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
 *
2172 2173 2174
 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
 *	P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
 *	is supported.
2175 2176 2177
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
 *	only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
2178
 *
2179 2180 2181 2182
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
 *	and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
 *	using aggregation for such frames.)
 *
2183 2184 2185 2186
 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
 *	for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
 *	is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
 *	CSA frame.
2187
 *
2188 2189 2190
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
 *	or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
 *
2191
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
2192
 *	in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
2193
 *
2194 2195 2196
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
 *	than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
 *
2197 2198 2199
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
 *	within A-MPDU.
 *
2200 2201 2202
 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
 *	for sent beacons.
 *
2203 2204 2205 2206 2207
 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
 *	station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
 *	by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
 *	from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
 *
2208 2209 2210 2211 2212
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
 *	reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
 *	order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
 *	timeout.
 *
2213 2214 2215
 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
 *	which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
 *
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
 *	A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
 *	When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
 *	limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
 *	max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
 *	skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
 *
2225 2226 2227 2228 2229
 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
 *	by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
 *	drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
 *	is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
 *
2230 2231 2232 2233
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
 *	The stack will not do fragmentation.
 *	The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
 *
2234 2235 2236
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
 *	TDLS links.
 *
2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243
 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
 *	mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
 *	deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
 *	beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
 *	virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
 *	the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
 *	deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
2244
 *
2245 2246
 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
 *	support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
2247
 *
2248 2249 2250
 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
 *	course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
 *
2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
 *	extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
 *	the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
 *	but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
 *	See also the documentation for that flag.
 *
2257 2258 2259 2260
 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
 *	MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
 *	TXQs to start with.
 *
2261 2262 2263
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
 *	length in tx status information
 *
2264 2265 2266 2267 2268
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
 *	only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
 *
2269 2270 2271
 * @IEEE80211_HW_EXT_KEY_ID_NATIVE: Driver and hardware are supporting Extended
 *	Key ID and can handle two unicast keys per station for Rx and Tx.
 *
2272 2273 2274
 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card/driver can't handle
 *	active Tx A-MPDU sessions with Extended Key IDs during rekey.
 *
2275
 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
2276 2277
 */
enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306
	IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
	IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
	IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
	IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
	IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
	IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
	IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
	IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
	IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
	IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
	IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
	IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
	IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
	IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
	IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
	IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
	IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
	IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
	IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
	IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
2307
	IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
2308
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
2309
	IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
2310
	IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
2311
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
2312
	IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
2313 2314
	IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
	IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
2315
	IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
2316
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
2317
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
2318
	IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
2319
	IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
2320
	IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
2321
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
2322
	IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
2323
	IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
2324 2325
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
2326
	IEEE80211_HW_EXT_KEY_ID_NATIVE,
2327
	IEEE80211_HW_NO_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT,
2328 2329 2330

	/* keep last, obviously */
	NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
2331 2332
};

2333 2334
/**
 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341
 *
 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
 *
 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
 *	802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
 *	members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
2342 2343
 *	and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
 *	bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354
 *
 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
 *
 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
 *	along with this structure.
 *
 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
 *
 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
 *	for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
 *
2355 2356
 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
 *	Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
2357
 *
2358
 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
2359
 *	only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
2360
 *
2361
 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
2362
 *	that HW supports
2363
 *
2364
 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2365 2366 2367
 *	data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
 *	queues need to have configurable access parameters.
 *
2368 2369 2370
 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
 *	If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
 *	set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
2371 2372 2373
 *
 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 *	within &struct ieee80211_vif.
2374 2375
 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 *	within &struct ieee80211_sta.
2376 2377
 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 *	within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
2378 2379
 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 *	within @struct ieee80211_txq.
2380
 *
2381 2382 2383 2384
 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
 *	can handle.
 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
 *	the hw can report back.
2385
 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
2386
 *
2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392
 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
 *	sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
 *	aggregation.
 *	This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
 *	number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
 *	it shouldn't be set.
2393 2394
 *
 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2395 2396 2397 2398 2399
 *	aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
 *	advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
 *	the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
 *	with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
 *	For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
2400
 *
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
2401 2402 2403
 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
 *	of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
 *
2404 2405
 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
 *	(if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
2406 2407 2408
 *
 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
 *	reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
2409
 *	include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
2410
 *	adding _BW is supported today.
2411
 *
2412 2413
 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
 *	the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
2414
 *	Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
2415
 *
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2416 2417
 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
 *
2418
 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
2419
 *	@units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
2420
 *	field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426
 *	device_timestamp.
 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
 *	IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
 *	IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
 *	radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
2427
 *
2428
 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
2429 2430
 *	from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
 *	other features will be rejected during HW registration.
2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441
 *
 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
 *	for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
 *	enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
 *	Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
 *	that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
 *	neither enabled.
 *
 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
 *	deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
 *	Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
2442 2443 2444 2445
 *
 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
 *	supported by HW.
2446 2447
 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
 *	device.
2448 2449 2450 2451
 *
 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
 *	them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
 *	unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
2452
 *
2453
 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
2454
 *	refilling deficit of each TXQ.
2455
 */
2456 2457
struct ieee80211_hw {
	struct ieee80211_conf conf;
2458
	struct wiphy *wiphy;
2459
	const char *rate_control_algorithm;
2460
	void *priv;
2461
	unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
2462
	unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
2463
	unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
2464
	int vif_data_size;
2465
	int sta_data_size;
2466
	int chanctx_data_size;
2467
	int txq_data_size;
2468 2469
	u16 queues;
	u16 max_listen_interval;
2470
	s8 max_signal;
2471
	u8 max_rates;
2472
	u8 max_report_rates;
2473
	u8 max_rate_tries;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2474 2475
	u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
	u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
2476
	u8 max_tx_fragments;
2477
	u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
2478
	u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
2479
	u16 radiotap_vht_details;
2480 2481 2482 2483
	struct {
		int units_pos;
		s16 accuracy;
	} radiotap_timestamp;
2484
	netdev_features_t netdev_features;
2485 2486
	u8 uapsd_queues;
	u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
2487 2488
	u8 n_cipher_schemes;
	const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
2489
	u8 max_nan_de_entries;
2490
	u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
2491
	u8 weight_multiplier;
2492 2493
};

2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507
static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				       enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
{
	return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
}
#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg)	_ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)

static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
{
	return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
}
#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg)	_ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)

2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520
/**
 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
 *
 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
 * @req: cfg80211 request.
 */
struct ieee80211_scan_request {
	struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;

	/* Keep last */
	struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
};

2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
 *
 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
 * @status: channel-switch response status
 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
 */
struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
	u8 action_code;
	u32 status;
	u32 timestamp;
	u16 switch_time;
	u16 switch_timeout;
	struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
	u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
};

2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555
/**
 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
 *
 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
 *
 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
 * is already used internally by mac80211.
2556 2557
 *
 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
2558 2559 2560
 */
struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);

2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566
/**
 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
 *
 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
 */
2567 2568 2569 2570 2571
static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
{
	set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
}

2572
/**
2573
 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
2574 2575 2576 2577
 *
 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
 * @addr: the address to set
 */
2578
static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
2579 2580 2581 2582
{
	memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
}

2583 2584
static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2585
		      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2586
{
2587
	if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
2588
		return NULL;
2589
	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
2590 2591 2592 2593
}

static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2594
			   const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2595
{
2596
	if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
2597
		return NULL;
2598
	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
2599 2600 2601 2602
}

static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2603
			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
2604
{
2605
	if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
2606
		return NULL;
2607
	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
2608 2609
}

2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619
/**
 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
 * @hw: the hardware
 * @skb: the skb
 *
 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
 */
void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);

2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627
/**
 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
 *
 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
 *
 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
2628 2629 2630
 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
2631 2632
 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2633
 *
2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642
 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
 *
 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
 *
2643 2644 2645 2646 2647
 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
 *
2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658
 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
 *
 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
 * based on the receive flags.
 *
 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
 * keys.
2659 2660 2661 2662 2663
 *
 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
 * handler.
 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
L
Lucas De Marchi 已提交
2664
 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
2665 2666
 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
2667
 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
2668
 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
2669 2670 2671 2672
 *
 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685
 *
 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
 * requirements:
 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
      mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
      completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
   2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
      at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
   3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
      encrypted with the new key and
   4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
   Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
2686
 */
2687

2688 2689 2690 2691 2692
/**
 * DOC: Powersave support
 *
 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
 *
2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704
 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
 * it finds traffic directed to it.
 *
 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
B
Bob Copeland 已提交
2705 2706
 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
2707 2708 2709 2710
 *
 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
2711 2712 2713 2714 2715
 *
 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
2716 2717
 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726
 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
 *
 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
 * periods.
 *
B
Bob Copeland 已提交
2727
 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738
 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
 *
 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
2739
 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
2740
 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746
 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
 *
 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
2747 2748
 */

2749 2750 2751 2752
/**
 * DOC: Beacon filter support
 *
 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
2753
 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759
 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
 *
2760 2761
 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774
 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
 *
 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
 *
 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
2775
 *
2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807
 *  - a list of information element IDs
 *  - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
 *
 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
 * vendor information elements.
 *
 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
 *
 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
 *
 *
 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
 *
 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
 * signal strength threshold checking.
2808 2809
 */

2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834
/**
 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
 *
 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
 *
 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
 * hardware flags.
 *
 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
 * turned off otherwise.
 *
 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
 */

2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847
/**
 * DOC: Frame filtering
 *
 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
 *
 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
 *
2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854
 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860
 *
 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
 * or dropped.
 *
2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872
 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
 * the flag, but not clear it.
 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
2873
 */
2874

2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913
/**
 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
 *
 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
 *
 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
 * the driver code.
 *
 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
 *
 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
 * @sta_notify callback.
 *
 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
2914
 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921
 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
 *
2922 2923 2924
 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
 *
2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946
 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
 *
 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
2947
 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956
 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
 *
 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
2957
 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963
 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
 *
 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
2964
 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
2965 2966 2967 2968 2969
 *
 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
2970 2971
 */

2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026
/**
 * DOC: HW queue control
 *
 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
 * was problematic for a few reasons:
 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
 *
 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
 *
 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
 * the hardware queue.
 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
 *
 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
 *
 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
 * after-DTIM queue for AP:   8
 * off-channel queue:         9
 *
 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
 *   hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
 *
 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
 *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
 *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
 *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
 *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
 *   vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
 *
 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
 *
 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
 */

3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050
/**
 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
 *
 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
 *
 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
 *	by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
 *	multicast address.
 *
 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
 *	%RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
 *
 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
 *	the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
 *
 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
 *	to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
 *	by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
 *	mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
 *	honour this flag if possible.
 *
3051 3052
 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
 *	station
3053 3054
 *
 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
I
Igor Perminov 已提交
3055
 *
3056
 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
3057 3058
 *
 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
3059
 */
3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066
enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
	FIF_ALLMULTI		= 1<<1,
	FIF_FCSFAIL		= 1<<2,
	FIF_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<3,
	FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC	= 1<<4,
	FIF_CONTROL		= 1<<5,
	FIF_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<6,
I
Igor Perminov 已提交
3067
	FIF_PSPOLL		= 1<<7,
3068
	FIF_PROBE_REQ		= 1<<8,
3069 3070
};

3071 3072 3073 3074 3075
/**
 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
 *
 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
3076 3077 3078
 *
 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
3079
 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
3080 3081
 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
 *
3082 3083 3084
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
3085
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
 *	queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
 *	driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
 *	called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
 *	ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
 *	session is gone and removes the station.
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
 *	but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
 *	now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
 *	should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
3097 3098 3099 3100
 */
enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
3101
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
3102 3103 3104
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
3105
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
3106
};
3107

3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129
/**
 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
 *
 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
 * @tid: tid of the BA session
 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
 *	action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
 *	actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size  (number of subframes). Valid only when the
 *	action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
 *	%IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
 *	valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
 *	%IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
 */
struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
	enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	u16 tid;
	u16 ssn;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
3130
	u16 buf_size;
3131 3132 3133 3134
	bool amsdu;
	u16 timeout;
};

3135 3136 3137
/**
 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3138 3139
 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
 *	frame received on trigger-enabled AC
3140 3141 3142
 */
enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
	IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3143
	IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
3144 3145
};

3146 3147 3148 3149
/**
 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
 *
 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
3150 3151 3152
 *	to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
 *	information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
 *	flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
3153
 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
3154 3155 3156
 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
 *	changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
 *	the peer.
3157 3158
 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
 *	by the peer
3159 3160 3161 3162
 */
enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
	IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED		= BIT(0),
	IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
3163
	IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED	= BIT(2),
3164
	IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED	= BIT(3),
3165 3166
};

3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184
/**
 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
 *
 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
 *	for sending managment frames offchannel.
 */
enum ieee80211_roc_type {
	IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
	IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
};

3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200
/**
 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
 *
 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
 * reconfiguration type was completed.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
 *	(also due to resume() callback returning 1)
 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
 *	of wowlan configuration)
 */
enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
	IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
	IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
};

3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210
/**
 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
 *
 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
 *
 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
 *	skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
 *	The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
3211
 *	configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
3212 3213
 *	preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
 *	Must be atomic.
3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222
 *
 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
 *	is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
 *	frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
 *	Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
 *	or zero.
 *	When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
 *	to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
 *	is added.
3223
 *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
3224 3225 3226 3227 3228
 *
 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
 *	is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
 *	it must turn off frame reception.)
 *	May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
3229 3230
 *	an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
 *	you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
3231
 *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
3232
 *
3233 3234 3235 3236 3237
 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
 *	stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
 *	ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
 *	configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
 *	reconfigured at resume time.
3238 3239 3240 3241
 *	The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
 *	wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
 *	supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
 *	must return 1 from this function.
3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248
 *
 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
 *	now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
 *	functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
 *	to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
 *	will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
 *
3249 3250 3251 3252 3253
 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
 *	modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
 *	supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
 *	in suspend().
 *
3254
 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
3255
 *	enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261
 *	and @stop must be implemented.
 *	The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
 *	the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
 *	interface is given in the conf parameter.
 *	The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
 *	negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
3262
 *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
3263
 *
3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269
 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
 *	is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
 *	switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
 *	Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
 *	found by the interface iteration callbacks.
 *
3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276
 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
 *	The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
 *	and no monitor interfaces are present.
 *	When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
 *	must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
 *	the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
 *	MAC address of the device going away.
3277
 *	Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
3278 3279 3280
 *
 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
 *	function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
3281
 *	This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
3282
 *	if it does. The callback can sleep.
3283
 *
3284 3285 3286 3287 3288
 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
 *	parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
 *	level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
 *	This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
 *	for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
3289 3290
 *	of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
 *	can sleep.
3291
 *
3292 3293 3294 3295
 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
 *	This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
 *	to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
 *
3296 3297
 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
 *	See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
3298
 *	This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
3299
 *
3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306
 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
 *	This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
 *	should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
 *	of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
 *	which flags are changed.
 *	This callback can sleep.
 *
3307
 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
3308
 * 	must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
3309 3310
 *
 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3311 3312
 *	This callback is only called between add_interface and
 *	remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
3313
 *	is enabled.
3314
 *	Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
3315
 *	The callback can sleep.
3316
 *
3317 3318 3319
 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
 * 	This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
 * 	which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
3320
 *	The callback must be atomic.
3321
 *
3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327
 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
 *	host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
 *	necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
 *	After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
 *	userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
 *
3328 3329 3330 3331
 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
 *	WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
 *	offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
 *
3332
 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
3333
 *	the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
3334 3335
 *	configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
 *	registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343
 *	that power save is disabled.
 *	The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
 *	entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
 *	at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
 *	(extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
 *	When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
 *	note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
 *	any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
3344 3345 3346 3347 3348
 *	This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
 *	this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
 *	software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
 *	capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
 *	advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
3349
 *	The callback can sleep.
3350
 *
3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358
 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
 *	The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
 *	but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
 *	ieee80211_scan_completed().
 *	This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
 *	scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364
 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
 *	specific intervals.  The driver must call the
 *	ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
 *	This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
 *
 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
3365
 *	In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
3366
 *
3367 3368
 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
 *	is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
3369 3370 3371
 *	The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
 *	the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
 *	can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
3372
 *
3373 3374 3375 3376
 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
 *	software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
 *	this notification.
 *	The callback can sleep.
3377
 *
3378 3379
 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
 * 	Returns zero if statistics are available.
3380
 *	The callback can sleep.
3381
 *
3382 3383 3384
 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
 *	IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
 *	IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
3385
 *	The callback must be atomic.
3386
 *
3387
 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
3388 3389 3390
 *	if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
 *	stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
 *	should be set as well.
3391 3392
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3393
 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
3394
 *	The callback can sleep.
3395
 *
3396 3397 3398 3399
 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
 *	AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
 *
 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
3400 3401 3402 3403 3404
 *	station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
 *	returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
 *	no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
 *	the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
 *	This callback can sleep.
3405
 *
3406 3407
 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
 *	when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
3408 3409
 *	should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
 *	callback can sleep.
3410
 *
3411
 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
3412 3413 3414
 *	associated station, AP,  IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
 *	in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
 *	%IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
3415
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3416 3417 3418 3419
 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
 *	station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
 *	This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
 *	It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430
 *	up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
 *	isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
 *	period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
 *	See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
 *	synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
 *	pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
 *	the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
 *	in @sta_state.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3431 3432
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439
 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
 *	used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
 *	from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
 *	in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
 *	uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
 *	otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
 *	Must be atomic.
3440 3441 3442
 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
 *	is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
 *	the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
3443
 *
3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451
 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
 *	filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
 *	let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
 *	the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
 *	all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
 *	Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3452
 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
3453
 *	bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
3454
 *	Returns a negative error code on failure.
3455
 *	The callback can sleep.
3456 3457
 *
 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
3458
 *	this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
3459
 *	required function.
3460
 *	The callback can sleep.
3461 3462
 *
 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
3463
 *	Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
3464
 *	required function.
3465
 *	The callback can sleep.
3466
 *
3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472
 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
 *	firmware/hardware.  Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
 *	calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
 *	as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3473 3474 3475 3476
 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
 *	with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
 *	function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
 *	TSF synchronization.
3477
 *	The callback can sleep.
3478 3479 3480 3481
 *
 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
 *	This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
 *	used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
3482
 *	Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
3483
 *	The callback can sleep.
3484
 *
3485 3486
 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3487 3488 3489
 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
 *	need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
 *	and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
3490
 *	The callback can sleep.
3491
 *
3492 3493
 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
 *	in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
3494 3495 3496
 *	accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
 *	estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
 *	coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
3497
 *
3498 3499
 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
 *	be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
3500
 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
3501 3502
 *
 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
3503 3504 3505 3506
 *	that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
 *	of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
 *	use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
 *	If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
3507
 *	Note that vif can be NULL.
3508
 *	The callback can sleep.
3509 3510 3511 3512 3513
 *
 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
 *	switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
 *	callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
 *	completion of the channel switch.
3514
 *
3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520
 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
 *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
 *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
 *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
 *
 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527
 *
 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
 *	call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
 *	that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
 *	offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
 *	normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
 *	duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
3528 3529 3530 3531
 *	ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
 *	Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
 *	must be accepted in this case.
 *	This callback may sleep.
3532 3533
 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
 *	aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
3534 3535 3536 3537
 *
 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
 *
 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
3538 3539 3540
 *
 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
 *	queues before entering power save.
3541 3542 3543 3544
 *
 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
 *	when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
 *	The callback can sleep.
3545 3546
 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
 *	&enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
3547
 *	The callback must be atomic.
3548 3549 3550 3551 3552
 *
 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
 *	parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
 *	sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
 *	to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
3553
 *	Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559
 *	if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
 *	the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
 *	the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
 *	more-data bit must always be set.
 *	The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
 *	from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565
 *	In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
 *	@num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
 *	this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
 *	on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
 *	period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
 *	responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
3566 3567 3568
 *	In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
 *	bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
 *	at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3569 3570
 *	setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
 *	service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
3571
 *	on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
3572
 *	ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
3573
 *	This callback must be atomic.
3574 3575 3576
 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
 *	to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
 *	via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
3577
 *	released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
3578 3579 3580 3581
 *	and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
 *	frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
 *	them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
 *	on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
3582
 *	bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
3583
 *	ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
3584 3585 3586
 *	The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
 *	frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
 *	This callback must be atomic.
3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594
 *
 * @get_et_sset_count:  Ethtool API to get string-set count.
 *
 * @get_et_stats:  Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
 *
 * @get_et_strings:  Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
 *	and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603
 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
 *	before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
 *	bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
 *	yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
 *	transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
 *	powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
 *	management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
 *	driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
 *	and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
3604 3605 3606
 *	For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
 *	would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
 *	frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3607 3608
 *	The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
 *	mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
3609 3610
 *      If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
 *      duration for which the operation is requested.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3611
 *	The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
3612
 *
3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621
 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
 *	a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
 *	channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
 *	setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
 *	mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
 *	discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
 *	2 * (DTIM period).
 *	The callback is optional and can sleep.
 *
3622
 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
3623
 *	This callback may sleep.
3624
 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
3625
 *	This callback may sleep.
3626 3627 3628
 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
 *	may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
 *	channel context with different settings
3629
 *	This callback may sleep.
3630 3631
 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
 *	to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
3632
 *	This callback may sleep.
3633 3634
 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
 *	unbound from vif.
3635
 *	This callback may sleep.
3636 3637 3638 3639
 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
 *	another, as specified in the list of
 *	@ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
 *	to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
3640
 *	This callback may sleep.
3641
 *
3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648
 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
 *	information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
 *	context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
 *	software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
 *	just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
 *	disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
3649
 *
3650 3651 3652 3653 3654
 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
 *	during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
 *	This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
 *	indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
 *	This callback may sleep.
3655
 *
3656 3657 3658
 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
 *	Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
 *	This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
3659 3660 3661 3662
 *
 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
 *	Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
 *	function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
3663
 *	decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
3664 3665
 *	ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
 *	get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
3666
 *	1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
3667
 *	transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
3668 3669
 *	If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
 *	since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
3670 3671
 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
 *	before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
3672
 *	gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
3673
 *	the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
3674 3675 3676
 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
 *	after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
 *	driver to go back to a normal configuration.
3677 3678 3679
 * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
 *	when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
 *	driver to go back to a normal configuration.
3680 3681 3682
 * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
 *	when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
 *	CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
3683 3684 3685 3686
 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
 *	information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
 *	channel context is bound before this is called.
 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
3687 3688 3689 3690
 *
 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
 *	specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
 *	if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
3691 3692 3693
 *
 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
 *	and hardware limits.
3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703
 *
 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
 *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
 *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
 *	driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
 *	the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
 *	The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
 *	optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
 *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710
 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
 *	response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
 *	parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
 *	an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
 *	response template is provided, together with the location of the
 *	switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
 *	the function call.
3711 3712
 *
 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
3713 3714 3715 3716
 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
 *	synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
 *	pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
 *	currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
3717 3718 3719
 *
 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725
 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
 *	contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
 *	are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
 *	The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
 *	some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
 *	changed parameters.
3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731
 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
 *	cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
 *	this call.
 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
 *	ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
 *	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
3732 3733 3734 3735
 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
 *	aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
 *	between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
 *	skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
3736 3737
 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
 *	Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3738 3739 3740
 *
 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
3741
 */
3742
struct ieee80211_ops {
3743 3744 3745
	void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
		   struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
		   struct sk_buff *skb);
3746 3747
	int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
	void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3748 3749 3750
#ifdef CONFIG_PM
	int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
	int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3751
	void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
3752
#endif
3753
	int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3754
			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3755 3756
	int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3757
				enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
3758
	void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3759
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3760
	int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
3761 3762 3763 3764
	void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
				 u32 changed);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3765

3766 3767 3768
	int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
	void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

3769
	u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3770
				 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
3771 3772 3773
	void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				 unsigned int changed_flags,
				 unsigned int *total_flags,
3774
				 u64 multicast);
3775 3776 3777 3778
	void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				    unsigned int filter_flags,
				    unsigned int changed_flags);
3779 3780
	int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
		       bool set);
3781
	int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
3782
		       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3783
		       struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
3784
	void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3785 3786 3787 3788
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
				struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
3789 3790 3791
	void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3792 3793
	void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
3794
	int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3795
		       struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
3796 3797
	void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3798 3799 3800
	int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
D
David Spinadel 已提交
3801
				struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
3802
	int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3803
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3804 3805 3806 3807 3808
	void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			      const u8 *mac_addr);
	void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3809 3810
	int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
3811 3812 3813
	void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			    struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
			    struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
3814
	int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
3815
	int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
3816 3817 3818 3819
	int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
		       struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
	int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
	void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				struct dentry *dir);
#endif
3826
	void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3827
			enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3828 3829 3830
	int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			     struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3831 3832 3833 3834
	int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
			 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
3835 3836 3837
	void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3838 3839 3840 3841
	void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			      u32 changed);
3842 3843 3844
	void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				    struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3845 3846 3847 3848
	void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			       struct station_info *sinfo);
3849
	int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3850
		       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
3851
		       const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
3852 3853 3854
	u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
	void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			u64 tsf);
3855 3856
	void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			   s64 offset);
3857
	void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3858
	int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887

	/**
	 * @ampdu_action:
	 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
	 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
	 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
	 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
	 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
	 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
	 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
	 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
	 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
	 *
	 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
	 * - ``RX:  2....7`` (lost frame #1)
	 * - ``TX:        8..1...``
	 *
	 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
	 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
	 *
	 * - ``TX:        1   or``
	 * - ``TX:        18  or``
	 * - ``TX:        81``
	 *
	 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
	 *
	 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
	 * The callback can sleep.
	 */
3888
	int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3889
			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3890
			    struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
3891 3892
	int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
		struct survey_info *survey);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3893
	void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3894
	void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
3895
#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3896 3897
	int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    void *data, int len);
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
3898 3899 3900
	int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
			     struct netlink_callback *cb,
			     void *data, int len);
3901
#endif
3902 3903
	void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
		      u32 queues, bool drop);
3904
	void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3905
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3906
			       struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
3907 3908
	int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
	int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3909 3910

	int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3911
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3912
				 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3913 3914
				 int duration,
				 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
3915
	int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3916 3917 3918
	int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
	void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
3919
	bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3920 3921
	int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3922 3923 3924
	void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       const struct ieee80211_event *event);
3925

3926 3927 3928 3929 3930
	void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				      u16 tids, int num_frames,
				      enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
				      bool more_data);
3931 3932 3933 3934 3935
	void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
					u16 tids, int num_frames,
					enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
					bool more_data);
3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944

	int	(*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
	void	(*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
	void	(*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				  u32 sset, u8 *data);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3945 3946

	void	(*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3947 3948
				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				  u16 duration);
3949

3950 3951 3952
	void	(*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965
	int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			   struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
	void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
	void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
			       u32 changed);
	int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				  struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
	void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				     struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3966 3967 3968 3969
	int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
				  int n_vifs,
				  enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
3970

3971 3972
	void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978

#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
	void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				 struct inet6_dev *idev);
#endif
3979 3980 3981
	void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				      struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3982 3983 3984
	int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				  struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
3985

3986 3987
	int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3988 3989
	void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3990 3991 3992
	void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
					 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
3993

3994 3995
	int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
	void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3996 3997
	u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				       struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3998 3999
	int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			   int *dbm);
4000 4001 4002 4003 4004

	int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4005
				   struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
4006 4007 4008
	void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
					   struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4009 4010 4011
	void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
					 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
4012

4013 4014
	void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
4015
	void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021

	int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
	int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4022 4023 4024
	int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030
	int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
	void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    u8 instance_id);
4031 4032 4033
	bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				       struct sk_buff *head,
				       struct sk_buff *skb);
4034 4035 4036
	int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				       struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
4037 4038 4039 4040
	int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
	void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			   struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4041 4042
};

4043
/**
4044
 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053
 *
 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
 * @priv_data_len.
 *
 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
 * @ops: callbacks for this device
4054 4055
 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
 *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
4056 4057
 *
 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4058
 */
4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077
struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
					   const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
					   const char *requested_name);

/**
 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
 *
 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
 * @priv_data_len.
 *
 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
 * @ops: callbacks for this device
 *
 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
 */
static inline
4078
struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
4079 4080 4081 4082
					const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
{
	return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
}
4083

4084 4085 4086
/**
 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4087 4088 4089
 * You must call this function before any other functions in
 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
4090 4091
 *
 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
4092 4093
 *
 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
4094
 */
4095 4096
int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
 *	(full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
 */
struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
	int throughput;
	int blink_time;
};

4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120
/**
 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
 *	interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
 */
enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO		= BIT(0),
	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK		= BIT(1),
	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED	= BIT(2),
};

4121
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130
const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
const char *
__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   unsigned int flags,
				   const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
				   unsigned int blink_table_len);
4131
#endif
4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
 *
 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
4141 4142
 *
 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
4143
 */
4144
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
	return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}

4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161
/**
 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
 *
 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
4162 4163
 *
 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
4164
 */
4165
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
	return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}

I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182
/**
 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
 *
 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
4183 4184
 *
 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4185
 */
4186
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
	return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}

I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203
/**
 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
 *
 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
4204 4205
 *
 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4206
 */
4207
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
	return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}
4215

4216 4217 4218
/**
 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
4219
 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
4220 4221 4222
 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
 *
4223 4224 4225 4226
 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
 *
 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
4227
 */
4228
static inline const char *
4229
ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
4230 4231 4232 4233
				 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
				 unsigned int blink_table_len)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4234
	return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240
						  blink_table_len);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}

4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248
/**
 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
 *
 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
 */
4249 4250
void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

4251 4252 4253 4254 4255
/**
 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
 *
 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
4256
 * before calling this function.
4257 4258 4259
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to free
 */
4260 4261
void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275
/**
 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
 *
 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to restart
 */
void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4276
/**
4277
 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
4278
 *
4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293
 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
 *
 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
 *
 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4294
 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
4295 4296
 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 * @napi: the NAPI context
4297
 */
4298 4299
void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
		       struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
4300

4301 4302 4303 4304
/**
 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
 *
 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Z
Zhu Yi 已提交
4305 4306 4307 4308
 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4309
 *
4310
 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4311 4312
 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4313 4314
 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4315
 *
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4316
 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
4317
 *
4318 4319 4320
 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
4321 4322
static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
4323
	ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
4324
}
4325 4326 4327 4328 4329

/**
 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
 *
 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
4330 4331
 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
 *
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4332
 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
4333 4334
 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4335 4336 4337 4338
 *
 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
4339
void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
4340

K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347
/**
 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
 *
 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
 * (internally disables bottom halves).
 *
 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
4348 4349
 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361
 *
 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	local_bh_disable();
	ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
	local_bh_enable();
}

4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
 *
 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
 * entering/leaving PS mode.
 *
 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
 *
 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
 * each other.
 *
 * @sta: currently connected sta
 * @start: start or stop PS
4376 4377
 *
 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390
 */
int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);

/**
 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
 *                                  (in process context)
 *
 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
 * applies.
 *
 * @sta: currently connected sta
 * @start: start or stop PS
4391 4392
 *
 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405
 */
static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
						  bool start)
{
	int ret;

	local_bh_disable();
	ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
	local_bh_enable();

	return ret;
}

4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
 * @sta: currently connected station
 *
 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
 * connected station was received.
 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
 * be serialized.
 */
void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);

/**
 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
 * @sta: currently connected station
 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
 *
 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
 * from a connected station was received.
 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
 * serialized.
4430 4431 4432 4433
 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
 * checks.
4434 4435 4436
 */
void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);

4437 4438 4439 4440
/*
 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
 */
4441
#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM	ALIGN(14, 4)
4442

4443
/**
4444
 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
4445
 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
4446 4447
 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
4448 4449
 *
 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472
 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
 *
 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
 * call! Beware of the locking!)
 *
 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
 *
 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
 * use this API.
 */
void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				u8 tid, bool buffered);
4473

4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
 *
 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
 * rate selection table for the station entry.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
 */
void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			    struct sk_buff *skb,
			    struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
			    int max_rates);

4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
 *
 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
 * slow stations to starve).
 *
 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
 */
void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
					   u32 thr);

4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
 *
 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
 * @info: tx status information
 */
void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
			      struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);

4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
 *
 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
 *
4531 4532
 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
4533
 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
4534 4535
 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
4536
 *
4537 4538 4539
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
4540
void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4541
			 struct sk_buff *skb);
4542

4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
 *
 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
 *
 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @status: tx status information
 */
void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			     struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);

4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
 *
 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
 * specific skbs.
 *
 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
 *	(NULL for multicast packets)
 * @info: tx status information
 */
4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586
static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					     struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
					     struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
{
	struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
		.sta = sta,
		.info = info,
	};

	ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
}
4587

4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
 *
 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
 *
 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
 * for a single hardware.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					  struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	local_bh_disable();
	ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
	local_bh_enable();
}

4608
/**
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
4609
 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
4610 4611 4612 4613
 *
 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
 *
4614 4615
 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4616 4617 4618 4619
 *
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
4620
void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4621
				 struct sk_buff *skb);
4622

4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633
/**
 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
 *
 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
 * connected STA.
 *
 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
 */
void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);

4634 4635
#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2

4636 4637 4638 4639
/**
 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
4640 4641 4642
 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
 *	to CSA counters.  This array can contain zero values which
 *	should be ignored.
4643 4644 4645 4646
 */
struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
	u16 tim_offset;
	u16 tim_length;
4647 4648

	u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662
};

/**
 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
 *	receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
 *
 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
 * obtain the beacon template.
 *
 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
4663 4664
 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
 * applicable, the CSA count.
4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674
 *
 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
 *
 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
 */
struct sk_buff *
ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			      struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);

4675
/**
4676
 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4677
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4678
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685
 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
 *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
 *	(including the ID and length bytes!).
 *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
 *
 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4686
 * obtain the beacon frame.
4687 4688
 *
 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4689
 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
4690 4691
 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
4692 4693
 *
 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4694 4695
 *
 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
					 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);

/**
 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4704
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4705 4706
 *
 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
4707 4708
 *
 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
4709
 */
4710 4711 4712 4713 4714
static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
						   struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
	return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
}
4715

4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729
/**
 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
 * This function is called implicitly when
 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
 *
 * Return: new csa counter value
 */
u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742
/**
 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @counter: the new value for the counter
 *
 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
 *
 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
 */
void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);

4743 4744 4745 4746 4747
/**
 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
4748
 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
4749 4750 4751 4752 4753
 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
 */
void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

/**
4754
 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
 */
bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);


4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770
/**
 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
 *
 * Can only be called in AP mode.
4771 4772
 *
 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
4773 4774 4775 4776
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787
/**
 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
 *
 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
4788 4789
 *
 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

/**
 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4798 4799
 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
 *	if at all possible
4800 4801 4802 4803 4804
 *
 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
 * BSSID and address is used.
 *
4805 4806 4807
 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
 *
4808 4809
 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
4810 4811
 *
 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
4812 4813
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4814 4815
				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				       bool qos_ok);
4816

4817 4818 4819
/**
 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4820
 * @src_addr: source MAC address
4821 4822
 * @ssid: SSID buffer
 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
4823
 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
4824 4825 4826
 *
 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
 * hardware.
4827 4828
 *
 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
4829 4830
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4831
				       const u8 *src_addr,
4832
				       const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
4833
				       size_t tailroom);
4834

4835 4836 4837
/**
 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4838
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4839 4840
 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
4841
 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848
 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
 *
 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
 */
4849
void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4850
		       const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
4851
		       const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
4852 4853 4854 4855 4856
		       struct ieee80211_rts *rts);

/**
 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4857
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4858
 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4859
 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
4860 4861 4862 4863
 *
 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
4864 4865
 *
 * Return: The duration.
4866
 */
4867 4868
__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
4869
			      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
4870 4871 4872 4873

/**
 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4874
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4875 4876
 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
4877
 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884
 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
 *
 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
 */
4885 4886
void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4887
			     const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
4888
			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
4889 4890 4891 4892 4893
			     struct ieee80211_cts *cts);

/**
 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4894
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4895
 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4896
 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
4897 4898 4899 4900
 *
 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
4901 4902
 *
 * Return: The duration.
4903
 */
4904 4905
__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4906
				    size_t frame_len,
4907
				    const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
4908 4909 4910 4911

/**
 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4912
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4913
 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
4914
 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
4915
 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
4916 4917 4918
 *
 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
4919 4920
 *
 * Return: The duration.
4921
 */
4922 4923
__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4924
					enum nl80211_band band,
4925
					size_t frame_len,
4926
					struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
4927 4928 4929 4930

/**
 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4931
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4932 4933 4934 4935 4936
 *
 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
4937 4938 4939 4940
 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
 *
 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
 * frames are available.
4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949
 *
 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
 * use common code for all beacons.
 */
struct sk_buff *
4950
ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4951

4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
 *
 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
 */
void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			       u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);

4964
/**
4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974
 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
 *
 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
 * from the given packet.
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
 *	with this P1K
 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
 */
4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983
static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
					  struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
{
	struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
	const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
	u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);

	ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
}
4984

4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
 *
 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
 * and transmitter address.
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
 */
void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			       const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);

4999 5000
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5001
 *
5002 5003
 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
 * in the packet.
5004 5005
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5006 5007 5008
 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
 *	encrypted with this key
 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5009
 */
5010 5011
void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			    struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
5012

5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027
/**
 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
 *
 * @pos: start of crypto header
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 * @pn: PN to add
 *
 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
 * the packet payload)
 *
 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
 * point to the crypto header)
 */
u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);

5028 5029 5030 5031
/**
 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5032
 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046
 *	the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
 *	CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
 *
 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
 * by the device and not by mac80211.
 *
 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
 * can be done concurrently.
 */
void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			      int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);

5047 5048 5049 5050
/**
 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5051
 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112
 *	the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
 *	CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
 * @seq: new sequence data
 *
 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
 *
 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
 * can be done concurrently.
 */
void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			      int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);

/**
 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 *
 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
 *
 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
 */
void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);

/**
 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
 * @keyconf: new key data
 *
 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
 *
 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
 *
 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
 * of the reconfiguration.
 *
 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
 * the key that's being replaced.
 */
struct ieee80211_key_conf *
ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);

5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122
/**
 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
				const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);

5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140
/**
 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
 */
void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);

/**
 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
 */
void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);

5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146
/**
 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5147 5148
 *
 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
5149 5150 5151 5152
 */

int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);

5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168
/**
 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
 */
void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

/**
 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
 */
void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

5169 5170 5171 5172 5173
/**
 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
 *
 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
5174 5175
 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
 * any context, including hardirq context.
5176 5177
 *
 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
5178
 * @info: information about the completed scan
5179
 */
5180 5181
void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5182

5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204
/**
 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
 *
 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
 */
void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

/**
 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
 *
 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
 * while associating, for instance.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
 */
void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213
/**
 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
 *	been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
 *	reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
 *	interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
 *	haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
 *	interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5214
 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
5215 5216 5217 5218
 */
enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL	= 0,
	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL	= BIT(0),
5219
	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE	= BIT(1),
5220 5221
};

5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239
/**
 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
 *
 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
				  void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
						   struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
				  void *data);

5240
/**
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
5241
 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
5242 5243 5244
 *
 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5245 5246 5247
 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
 * be used.
5248
 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5249 5250
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5251
 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5252
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5253 5254
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264
static inline void
ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
				    void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
						     struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
				    void *data)
{
	ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
				     iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
				     iterator, data);
}
5265

5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272
/**
 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
 *
 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
5273
 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5274 5275
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5276
 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5277 5278 5279 5280
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5281
						u32 iter_flags,
5282 5283 5284 5285 5286
						void (*iterator)(void *data,
						    u8 *mac,
						    struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
						void *data);

5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305
/**
 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
 *
 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					      u32 iter_flags,
					      void (*iterator)(void *data,
						u8 *mac,
						struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
					      void *data);

5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321
/**
 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
 *
 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
 * function for them.
 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				       void (*iterator)(void *data,
						struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
				       void *data);
5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346
/**
 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
 *
 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
 */
void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);

/**
 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
 *
 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
 * workqueue.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
 */
void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct delayed_work *dwork,
				  unsigned long delay);

5347 5348
/**
 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
5349
 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
5350
 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5351
 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
5352 5353
 *
 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
5354 5355 5356 5357 5358
 *
 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
 * will be managed by the mac80211.
 */
5359 5360
int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
				  u16 timeout);
5361 5362 5363

/**
 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
5364
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5365 5366 5367 5368
 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
 *
 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5369 5370
 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
 * from any context.
5371
 */
5372
void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
5373 5374 5375 5376
				      u16 tid);

/**
 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
5377
 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
5378
 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
5379
 *
5380
 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
5381 5382 5383 5384 5385
 *
 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
 * will be managed by the mac80211.
 */
5386
int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
5387 5388 5389

/**
 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
5390
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5391 5392 5393 5394
 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
 *
 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5395 5396
 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
 * can be called from any context.
5397
 */
5398
void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
5399 5400
				     u16 tid);

5401 5402 5403
/**
 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
 *
5404
 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
5405 5406
 * @addr: station's address
 *
5407 5408 5409
 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
 *
 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5410 5411
 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
 */
5412
struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5413 5414
					 const u8 *addr);

5415
/**
5416
 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
5417 5418
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5419 5420
 * @addr: remote station's address
 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
5421
 *
5422 5423 5424
 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
 *
 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5425 5426
 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
 *
5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433
 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
 *      the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
 *      We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
 *      logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
 *      BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
 *      In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
 *      is not reliable.
5434
 *
5435
 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
5436
 */
5437 5438 5439
struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					       const u8 *addr,
					       const u8 *localaddr);
5440

5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
 * @hw: the hardware
 * @pubsta: the station
 * @block: whether to block or unblock
 *
 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
 *
 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
 * manner.
 *
 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
 * woke up while blocked or not.
 */
void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);

5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
 * @pubsta: the station
 *
 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
 *
5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490
 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
 *
 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
 *     driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
 *     you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
 *     and restore the _irqsafe version!
5491
 */
5492
void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
5493

5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515
/**
 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
 * @pubsta: the station
 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
 *
 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
 */
void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);

5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
 *
 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver can call
 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
 *
 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
 * attempts.
 *
 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
 * them to 0.
 *
 * @pubsta: the station
 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
 */
void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
				    u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);

5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556
/**
 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
 *
 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
5557 5558 5559 5560
 *
 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
 * set_key callback.
5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570
 */
void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				      struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
				      void *data),
			 void *iter_data);

5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594
/**
 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
 *
 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
 * in removal process will be skipped.
 *
 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
 * and thus iter must be atomic.
 */
void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			     void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
					  struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
					  struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
					  void *data),
			     void *iter_data);

5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607
/**
 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @iter: iterator function
 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
 *
 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
 * places while calling into the driver.
 *
 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
 * removed.
5608 5609 5610 5611 5612
 *
 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
 * or not.
5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620
 */
void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
	struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
	void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
		     struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
		     void *data),
	void *iter_data);

5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630
/**
 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
 * information. This function must only be called from within the
 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
5631 5632 5633
 * %NULL.
 *
 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
5634 5635 5636 5637
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					  struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

5638 5639 5640
/**
 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
 *
5641
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5642
 *
5643
 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
5644
 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
5645 5646 5647
 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
 */
void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5648

5649 5650 5651 5652 5653
/**
 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
5654
 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
5655 5656
 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
5657 5658
 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664
 *
 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
 * without connection recovery attempts.
 */
void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686
/**
 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
 *
 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
 * disconnect normally later.
 *
 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
 */
void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5687

5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693
/**
 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
 *	rssi threshold triggered
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
5694
 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
5695 5696
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
5697
 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
5698 5699 5700 5701 5702
 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
 */
void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
5703
			       s32 rssi_level,
5704 5705
			       gfp_t gfp);

5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713
/**
 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @gfp: context flags
 */
void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);

5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720
/**
 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 */
void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730
/**
 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
 *
 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
 * and wake up the suspended queues.
 */
void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);

5731 5732 5733
/**
 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5734
 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742
 *
 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
 */
void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);

5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754
/**
 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 */
void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

/**
 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 */
void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

5755 5756 5757 5758 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770 5771
/**
 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
 *
 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
 */
void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
				  const u8 *addr);

5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789
/**
 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
 * @pubsta: station struct
 * @tid: the session's TID
 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
 *	assumed to be out of the window after the call
 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
 *
 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
 */
void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
					  u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
					  u16 received_mpdus);

5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802
/**
 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
 *
 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
 * buffer.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @ra: the peer's destination address
 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
 */
void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);

5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808
/**
 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 * @addr: station mac address
 * @tid: the rx tid
 */
5809
void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
5810
				 unsigned int tid);
5811

5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825
/**
 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
 *
 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
 * reordering.
 *
 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 * @addr: station mac address
 * @tid: the rx tid
 */
5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832
static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
						      const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
{
	if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
		return;
	ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
}
5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 5847

/**
 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
 *
 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
 * reordering.
 *
 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 * @addr: station mac address
 * @tid: the rx tid
 */
5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854
static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
						     const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
{
	if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
		return;
	ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
}
5855

5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870
/**
 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
 *
 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
 *
 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 * @addr: station mac address
 * @tid: the rx tid
 */
void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);

5871
/* Rate control API */
5872

5873
/**
5874 5875 5876 5877 5878
 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
 *
 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
5879 5880
 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
 *	to be filled in
5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887
 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
 *	which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
 *	used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
 *	RTS threshold
 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
 *	if the selected rate supports it
5888
 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
5889
 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
5890
 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898
 */
struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
	struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
	struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
	struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
	struct sk_buff *skb;
	struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
	bool rts, short_preamble;
5899
	u32 rate_idx_mask;
5900
	u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
5901
	bool bss;
5902 5903
};

5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917
/**
 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
 */
enum rate_control_capabilities {
	/**
	 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
	 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
	 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
	 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
	 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
	 */
	RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
};

5918
struct rate_control_ops {
5919
	unsigned long capa;
5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925
	const char *name;
	void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
	void (*free)(void *priv);

	void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
	void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5926
			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5927
			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
5928
	void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5929
			    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5930 5931
			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
			    u32 changed);
5932 5933 5934
	void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			 void *priv_sta);

5935 5936 5937
	void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
			      struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
			      void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
5938 5939 5940
	void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
			  struct sk_buff *skb);
5941 5942
	void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
			 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5943 5944 5945 5946

	void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
				struct dentry *dir);
	void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
5947 5948

	u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
5949 5950 5951
};

static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5952
				 enum nl80211_band band,
5953 5954 5955 5956 5957
				 int index)
{
	return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
}

5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980
/**
 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
 *
 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
 * not null.
 *
 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
 *
 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
 * 	that this may be null.
 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
 */
bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			   void *priv_sta,
			   struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);


5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991
static inline s8
rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
		  struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
{
	int i;

	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
			return i;

	/* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
5992
	WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
5993

5994
	/* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
5995 5996 5997
	return 0;
}

5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008
static inline
bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
{
	unsigned int i;

	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
			return true;
	return false;
}
6009

6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025
/**
 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
 *
 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
 * the most recent rate control module decision.
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
 */
int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			   struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
			   struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);

6026 6027
int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
6028

6029 6030 6031
static inline bool
conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
6032
	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
6033 6034 6035 6036 6037
}

static inline bool
conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
6038 6039
	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
	       conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
6040 6041 6042 6043 6044
}

static inline bool
conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
6045 6046
	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
	       conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
6047 6048 6049 6050 6051
}

static inline bool
conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
6052
	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
6053 6054 6055 6056 6057
}

static inline bool
conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
6058 6059 6060
	return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
		(conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
		(conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
6061 6062
}

6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084
static inline enum nl80211_iftype
ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
{
	if (p2p) {
		switch (type) {
		case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
		case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
		default:
			break;
		}
	}
	return type;
}

static inline enum nl80211_iftype
ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
	return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
}

6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094 6095 6096 6097 6098 6099
/**
 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
 *
 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
 *
 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
 * matching GroupId management frame.
 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
 */
void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);

6100 6101 6102 6103 6104
void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   int rssi_min_thold,
				   int rssi_max_thold);

void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6105

6106
/**
6107
 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
6108 6109 6110
 *
 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
 *
6111 6112 6113 6114
 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
 *
 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
 * applicable.
6115
 */
6116 6117
int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129
/**
 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
 * @vif: virtual interface
 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
 */
void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				    struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
				    gfp_t gfp);

6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @vif: virtual interface
 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
 * @band: the band to transmit on
 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
 *
 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
 */
bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
			      int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);

6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190
/**
 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
 *
 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
 *
 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
 *
 * private:
 *
 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
 */
struct ieee80211_noa_data {
	u32 next_tsf;
	bool has_next_tsf;

	u8 absent;

	u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
	struct {
		u32 start;
		u32 duration;
		u32 interval;
	} desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
};

/**
 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
 *
 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
 * @data: NoA tracking data
 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
 *
 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
 */
int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
			    struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);

/**
 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
 *
 * @data: NoA tracking data
 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
 */
void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);

6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203
/**
 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
 * @vif: virtual interface
 * @peer: the peer's destination address
 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
 */
void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
				 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
				 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
6204

6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241
/**
 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
 *
 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
 *
 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
 *
 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
 * @tid: the TID to reserve
 *
 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
 */
int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);

/**
 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
 *
 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
 *
 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
 *
 * @sta: the station
 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
 */
void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);

6242 6243 6244 6245
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6246 6247
 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
 *	ieee80211_next_txq()
6248 6249
 *
 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257
 *
 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by by RCU and thus the
 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
6258 6259 6260
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6261

6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274
/**
 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
 *
 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
 * driver has finished scheduling it.
 */
struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);

/**
6275
 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
6276 6277 6278 6279
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
 *
6280 6281
 * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
 * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
6282
 */
6283 6284 6285 6286 6287 6288
void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);

/* (deprecated) */
static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
{
}
6289

6290 6291 6292
void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);

6293
/**
6294
 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
6295 6296
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6297
 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6298
 *
6299 6300 6301 6302 6303
 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
 * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
 *
 * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
 * this TXQ internally.
6304
 */
6305 6306 6307 6308 6309
static inline void
ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
{
	__ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
}
6310

6311
/**
6312
 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
6313 6314 6315
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6316 6317 6318 6319
 * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
 *
 * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
 * internally.
6320
 */
6321
static inline void
6322 6323
ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
		     bool force)
6324
{
6325
	__ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
6326
}
6327

6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354
/**
 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
 *
 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
 * next_txq().
 *
 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
 * again.
 *
 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
 * aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
 */
bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				struct ieee80211_txq *txq);

6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367 6368
/**
 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
 *
 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
 *
 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
 */
void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
			     unsigned long *frame_cnt,
			     unsigned long *byte_cnt);
6369 6370 6371 6372 6373 6374 6375 6376 6377 6378 6379 6380 6381 6382 6383 6384

/**
 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
 *
 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @inst_id: the local instance id
 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   u8 inst_id,
				   enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
				   gfp_t gfp);
6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394 6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400

/**
 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
 *
 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @match: match event information
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			      struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
			      gfp_t gfp);

6401
#endif /* MAC80211_H */